blob: b57c985b4d45d8d8b8345d6748e050257c028aec [file] [log] [blame]
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001//===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of
11/// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an
12/// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to
13/// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector
14/// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate.
15///
16/// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions
17/// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged
18/// and are not decomposed to scalar code.
19///
20/// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also
21/// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the
22/// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized.
23///
24//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
25
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000026#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
28#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
30#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000035#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
Chandler Carruth12664a02014-03-06 00:22:06 +000036#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000037#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Chandler Carruth9a4c9e52014-03-06 00:46:21 +000038#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000039#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000040#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000041#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth7da14f12014-03-06 03:23:41 +000043#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000044#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
45#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000048#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +000050#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000051#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
52#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000053#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000054#include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000055#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000056#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
57#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h"
58#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000059
60#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
61// We only use this for a debug check in C++11
62#include <random>
63#endif
64
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000065using namespace llvm;
66
Chandler Carruth964daaa2014-04-22 02:55:47 +000067#define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa"
68
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000069STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000070STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed");
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +000071STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca");
72STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten");
73STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000074STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced");
75STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000076STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000077STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted");
78STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000079
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000080/// Hidden option to force the pass to not use DomTree and mem2reg, instead
81/// forming SSA values through the SSAUpdater infrastructure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000082static cl::opt<bool> ForceSSAUpdater("force-ssa-updater", cl::init(false),
83 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000084
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000085/// Hidden option to enable randomly shuffling the slices to help uncover
86/// instability in their order.
87static cl::opt<bool> SROARandomShuffleSlices("sroa-random-shuffle-slices",
88 cl::init(false), cl::Hidden);
89
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000090/// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds
91/// GEPs.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000092static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds", cl::init(false),
93 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000094
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000095namespace {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000096/// \brief A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names if they are
97/// preserved.
98template <bool preserveNames = true>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000099class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter
100 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000101 std::string Prefix;
102
103public:
104 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); }
105
106protected:
107 void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB,
108 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
109 IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames>::InsertHelper(
110 I, Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name, BB, InsertPt);
111 }
112};
113
114// Specialization for not preserving the name is trivial.
115template <>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000116class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>
117 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<false> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000118public:
119 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) {}
120};
121
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000122/// \brief Provide a typedef for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds.
123#ifndef NDEBUG
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000124typedef llvm::IRBuilder<true, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<true>>
125 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000126#else
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000127typedef llvm::IRBuilder<false, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>>
128 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000129#endif
130}
131
132namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000133/// \brief A used slice of an alloca.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000134///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000135/// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It
136/// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use
137/// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable
138/// or not when forming partitions of the alloca.
139class Slice {
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000140 /// \brief The beginning offset of the range.
141 uint64_t BeginOffset;
142
143 /// \brief The ending offset, not included in the range.
144 uint64_t EndOffset;
145
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000146 /// \brief Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000147 /// split.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000148 PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000149
150public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000151 Slice() : BeginOffset(), EndOffset() {}
152 Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000153 : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset),
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000154 UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {}
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000155
156 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
157 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
158
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000159 bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); }
160 void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000161
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000162 Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000163
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000164 bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; }
165 void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000166
167 /// \brief Support for ordering ranges.
168 ///
169 /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are
170 /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are
171 /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the
172 /// same start position.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000173 bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000174 if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset())
175 return true;
176 if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset())
177 return false;
178 if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable())
179 return !isSplittable();
180 if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset())
181 return true;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000182 return false;
183 }
184
185 /// \brief Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000186 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000187 uint64_t RHSOffset) {
188 return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000189 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000190 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000191 const Slice &RHS) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000192 return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000193 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000194
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000195 bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000196 return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() &&
197 beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000198 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000199 bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000200};
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000201} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000202
203namespace llvm {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000204template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000205template <> struct isPodLike<Slice> { static const bool value = true; };
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000206}
207
208namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000209/// \brief Representation of the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000210///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000211/// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its
212/// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation
213/// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are
214/// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices
215/// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices.
216class AllocaSlices {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000217public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000218 /// \brief Construct the slices of a particular alloca.
219 AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000220
221 /// \brief Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis.
222 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000223 /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000224 /// ignored.
225 bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; }
226
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000227 /// \brief Support for iterating over the slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000228 /// @{
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000229 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000230 typedef iterator_range<iterator> range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000231 iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); }
232 iterator end() { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000233
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000234 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator const_iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000235 typedef iterator_range<const_iterator> const_range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000236 const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); }
237 const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000238 /// @}
239
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000240 /// \brief Erase a range of slices.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +0000241 void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(Start, Stop); }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000242
243 /// \brief Insert new slices for this alloca.
244 ///
245 /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts
246 /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices
247 /// hold.
248 void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
249 int OldSize = Slices.size();
250 std::move(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end(), std::back_inserter(Slices));
251 auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
252 std::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
253 std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
254 }
255
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000256 // Forward declare an iterator to befriend it.
257 class partition_iterator;
258
259 /// \brief A partition of the slices.
260 ///
261 /// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as
262 /// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's
263 /// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices
264 /// overlapping some part of the partition.
265 ///
266 /// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but
267 /// are only ephemeral and not persistent.
268 class Partition {
269 private:
270 friend class AllocaSlices;
271 friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator;
272
273 /// \brief The begining and ending offsets of the alloca for this partition.
274 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
275
276 /// \brief The start end end iterators of this partition.
277 iterator SI, SJ;
278
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000279 /// \brief A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition.
280 SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000281
282 /// \brief Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at
283 /// the given iterator.
284 Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {}
285
286 public:
287 /// \brief The start offset of this partition.
288 ///
289 /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset.
290 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
291
292 /// \brief The end offset of this partition.
293 ///
294 /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset.
295 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
296
297 /// \brief The size of the partition.
298 ///
299 /// Note that this can never be zero.
300 uint64_t size() const {
301 assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!");
302 return EndOffset - BeginOffset;
303 }
304
305 /// \brief Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans
306 /// a region occupied by split slices.
307 bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; }
308
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000309 /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition.
310 /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the
311 /// partition begin offset.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000312 /// @{
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000313 // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that
314 // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the
315 // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer
316 // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for
317 // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000318 iterator begin() const { return SI; }
319 iterator end() const { return SJ; }
320 /// @}
321
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000322 /// \brief Get the sequence of split slice tails.
323 ///
324 /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are
325 /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming
326 /// partitions.
327 ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000328 };
329
330 /// \brief An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices.
331 ///
332 /// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's
333 /// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for
334 /// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the
335 /// current set of split slices.
336 ///
337 /// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate
338 /// with either const or non-const slice iterators.
339 class partition_iterator
340 : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator,
341 std::forward_iterator_tag, Partition> {
342 friend class AllocaSlices;
343
344 /// \brief Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class
345 /// with a nice interface for examining them.
346 Partition P;
347
348 /// \brief We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop.
349 AllocaSlices::iterator SE;
350
351 /// \brief We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen.
352 /// FIXME: Do we really?
353 uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
354
355 /// \brief Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the
356 /// end iterator.
357 partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE)
358 : P(SI), SE(SE), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset(0) {
359 // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial
360 // partition.
361 if (SI != SE)
362 advance();
363 }
364
365 /// \brief Advance the iterator to the next partition.
366 ///
367 /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices.
368 void advance() {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000369 assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000370 "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!");
371
372 // Clear out any split uses which have ended.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000373 if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000374 if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) {
375 // If we've finished all splits, this is easy.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000376 P.SplitTails.clear();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000377 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
378 } else {
379 // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This
380 // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that
381 // the prior partition ended prior to that max.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000382 P.SplitTails.erase(
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000383 std::remove_if(
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000384 P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000385 [&](Slice *S) { return S->endOffset() <= P.EndOffset; }),
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000386 P.SplitTails.end());
387 assert(std::any_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000388 [&](Slice *S) {
389 return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
390 }) &&
391 "Could not find the current max split slice offset!");
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000392 assert(std::all_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000393 [&](Slice *S) {
394 return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
395 }) &&
396 "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!");
397 }
398 }
399
400 // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and
401 // now have an end iterator.
402 if (P.SI == SE) {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000403 assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!");
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000404 return;
405 }
406
407 // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for
408 // subsequent partitions.
409 if (P.SI != P.SJ) {
410 // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old
411 // partition into the split list.
412 for (Slice &S : P)
413 if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000414 P.SplitTails.push_back(&S);
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000415 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset =
416 std::max(S.endOffset(), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset);
417 }
418
419 // Start from the end of the previous partition.
420 P.SI = P.SJ;
421
422 // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices.
423 if (P.SI == SE) {
424 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
425 P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
426 return;
427 }
428
429 // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is
430 // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split
431 // slices up until the next slice begins.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000432 if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000433 !P.SI->isSplittable()) {
434 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
435 P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset();
436 return;
437 }
438 }
439
440 // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the
441 // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the
442 // parttion is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have
443 // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin
444 // at the prior end offset.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000445 P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000446 P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset();
447 ++P.SJ;
448
449 // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the
450 // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice.
451 if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) {
452 // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at
453 // the first slice and will extend through its end.
454 assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset());
455
456 // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this
457 // unsplittable slice.
458 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
459 if (!P.SJ->isSplittable())
460 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
461 ++P.SJ;
462 }
463
464 // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable
465 // partitions.
466 return;
467 }
468
469 // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form
470 // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable
471 // splices.
472 assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!");
473
474 // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices.
475 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset &&
476 P.SJ->isSplittable()) {
477 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
478 ++P.SJ;
479 }
480
481 // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an
482 // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of
483 // a partition spanning only splittable slices.
484 if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
485 assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable());
486 P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset();
487 }
488 }
489
490 public:
491 bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const {
492 assert(SE == RHS.SE &&
493 "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!");
494
495 // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and
496 // the emptyness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when
497 // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split
498 // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split
499 // slices.
500 if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI &&
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000501 P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000502 assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ &&
503 "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!");
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000504 assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000505 "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split "
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000506 "slice tails!");
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000507 return true;
508 }
509 return false;
510 }
511
512 partition_iterator &operator++() {
513 advance();
514 return *this;
515 }
516
517 Partition &operator*() { return P; }
518 };
519
520 /// \brief A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices.
521 ///
522 /// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's
523 /// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping
524 /// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty"
525 /// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split
526 /// slices.
527 iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions() {
528 return make_range(partition_iterator(begin(), end()),
529 partition_iterator(end(), end()));
530 }
531
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000532 /// \brief Access the dead users for this alloca.
533 ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000534
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000535 /// \brief Access the dead operands referring to this alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000536 ///
537 /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the
538 /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for
539 /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just
540 /// need to replace with undef.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000541 ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000542
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000543#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000544 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000545 void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
546 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000547 void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
548 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000549 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +0000550 void dump(const_iterator I) const;
551 void dump() const;
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000552#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000553
554private:
555 template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000556 class SliceBuilder;
557 friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000558
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000559#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000560 /// \brief Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces.
561 AllocaInst &AI;
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000562#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000563
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000564 /// \brief The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set
565 /// of slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000566 ///
567 /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000568 /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the
569 /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000570 Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr;
571
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000572 /// \brief The slices of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000573 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000574 /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This
575 /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable
576 /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more
577 /// details.
578 SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000579
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000580 /// \brief Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
581 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000582 /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an
583 /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten,
584 /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with undef as
585 /// they come from outside of the allocated space.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000586 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers;
587
588 /// \brief Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
589 ///
590 /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with
591 /// undef when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs
592 /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be
593 /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we
594 /// want to swap this particular input for undef to simplify the use lists of
595 /// the alloca.
596 SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000597};
598}
599
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000600static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
601 // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is
602 // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen
603 // early on.
604 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI.getCondition()))
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000605 return SI.getOperand(1 + CI->isZero());
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000606 if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000607 return SI.getOperand(1);
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000608
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000609 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000610}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000611
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000612/// \brief A helper that folds a PHI node or a select.
613static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
614 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) {
615 // If PN merges together the same value, return that value.
616 return PN->hasConstantValue();
617 }
618 return foldSelectInst(cast<SelectInst>(I));
619}
620
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000621/// \brief Builder for the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000622///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000623/// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses
624/// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset.
625class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> {
626 friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
627 friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
628 typedef PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> Base;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000629
630 const uint64_t AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000631 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000632
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000633 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000634 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes;
635
636 /// \brief Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk.
637 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000638
639public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000640 SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS)
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000641 : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL),
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000642 AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType())), AS(AS) {}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000643
644private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000645 void markAsDead(Instruction &I) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000646 if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(&I).second)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000647 AS.DeadUsers.push_back(&I);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000648 }
649
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000650 void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size,
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000651 bool IsSplittable = false) {
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000652 // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or
653 // past the end of the allocation.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000654 if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000655 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000656 << " which has zero size or starts outside of the "
657 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000658 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000659 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000660 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000661 }
662
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000663 uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
664 uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size;
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000665
666 // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is
667 // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows.
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000668 // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely,
669 // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where
670 // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore
671 // them, and so have to record at least the information here.
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000672 assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above.
673 if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000674 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
675 << " to remain within the " << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000676 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000677 << " use: " << I << "\n");
678 EndOffset = AllocSize;
679 }
680
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000681 AS.Slices.push_back(Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000682 }
683
684 void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
685 if (BC.use_empty())
686 return markAsDead(BC);
687
688 return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC);
689 }
690
691 void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
692 if (GEPI.use_empty())
693 return markAsDead(GEPI);
694
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000695 if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) {
696 // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside
697 // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the
698 // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable
699 // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into
700 // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds
701 // by writing out the code here where we have tho underlying allocation
702 // size readily available.
703 APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
704 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
705 GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
706 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
707 ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
708 if (!OpC)
709 break;
710
711 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
712 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
713 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
714 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
715 GEPOffset +=
716 APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx));
717 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000718 // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the
719 // type.
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000720 APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(Offset.getBitWidth());
721 GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(),
722 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
723 }
724
725 // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not
726 // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can
727 // delete it and all uses.
728 if (GEPOffset.ugt(AllocSize))
729 return markAsDead(GEPI);
730 }
731 }
732
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000733 return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000734 }
735
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000736 void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset,
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000737 uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) {
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +0000738 // We allow splitting of non-volatile loads and stores where the type is an
739 // integer type. These may be used to implement 'memcpy' or other "transfer
740 // of bits" patterns.
741 bool IsSplittable = Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile;
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000742
743 insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000744 }
745
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000746 void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000747 assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
748 "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000749
750 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
751 return PI.setAborted(&LI);
752
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000753 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
754 return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000755 }
756
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000757 void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000758 Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand();
759 if (ValOp == *U)
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000760 return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI);
761 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
762 return PI.setAborted(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000763
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000764 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
765
766 // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
767 // bounds of of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply
768 // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping
769 // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the
770 // risk of overflow.
771 // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this
772 // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000773 if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(AllocSize - Size)) {
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000774 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @" << Offset
775 << " which extends past the end of the " << AllocSize
776 << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000777 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000778 << " use: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000779 return markAsDead(SI);
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000780 }
781
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000782 assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
783 "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000784 handleLoadOrStore(ValOp->getType(), SI, Offset, Size, SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000785 }
786
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000787 void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Chandler Carruthb0de6dd2012-09-14 10:26:34 +0000788 assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000789 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000790 if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) ||
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000791 (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(AllocSize)))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000792 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000793 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000794
795 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
796 return PI.setAborted(&II);
797
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000798 insertUse(II, Offset, Length ? Length->getLimitedValue()
799 : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000800 (bool)Length);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000801 }
802
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000803 void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000804 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000805 if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000806 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000807 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000808
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000809 // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the
810 // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it.
811 if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(&II))
812 return;
813
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000814 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
815 return PI.setAborted(&II);
816
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000817 // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can
818 // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side
819 // if already added to our partitions.
820 // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when
821 // instrumenting for ASan.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000822 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000823 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI =
824 MemTransferSliceMap.find(&II);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000825 if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end())
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000826 AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill();
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000827 return markAsDead(II);
828 }
829
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000830 uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000831 uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000832
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000833 // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both
834 // source and dest.
835 if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) {
836 // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op.
837 if (!II.isVolatile())
838 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000839
Nick Lewycky6ab9d932013-07-22 23:38:27 +0000840 return insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000841 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000842
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000843 // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then
844 // they both point to the same alloca.
845 bool Inserted;
846 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000847 std::tie(MTPI, Inserted) =
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000848 MemTransferSliceMap.insert(std::make_pair(&II, AS.Slices.size()));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000849 unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second;
850 if (!Inserted) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000851 Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx];
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000852
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000853 // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer.
854 // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000855 if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) {
856 PrevP.kill();
857 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000858 }
859
860 // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't
861 // split those.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000862 PrevP.makeUnsplittable();
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000863 }
864
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000865 // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000866 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000867
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000868 // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000869 assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II &&
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000870 "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user.");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000871 }
872
873 // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +0000874 // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but
Chandler Carruth4b40e002012-09-14 10:26:36 +0000875 // doesn't make sense.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000876 void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
877 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
878 return PI.setAborted(&II);
879
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000880 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
881 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end) {
882 ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(II.getArgOperand(0));
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000883 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
884 Length->getLimitedValue());
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000885 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, true);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000886 return;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000887 }
888
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000889 Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000890 }
891
892 Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) {
893 // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000894 // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000895 // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored
896 // size.
897 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
898 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
899 Visited.insert(Root);
900 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
Chandler Carruth8b907e82012-09-25 10:03:40 +0000901 // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
902 // a size zero access.
903 Size = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000904 do {
905 Instruction *I, *UsedI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000906 std::tie(UsedI, I) = Uses.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000907
908 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000909 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000910 continue;
911 }
912 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
913 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
914 if (Op == UsedI)
915 return SI;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000916 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Op->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000917 continue;
918 }
919
920 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
921 if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
922 return GEP;
923 } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(I) && !isa<PHINode>(I) &&
924 !isa<SelectInst>(I)) {
925 return I;
926 }
927
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000928 for (User *U : I->users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000929 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000930 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U)));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000931 } while (!Uses.empty());
932
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000933 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000934 }
935
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000936 void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
937 assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I));
938 if (I.use_empty())
939 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000940
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000941 // TODO: We could use SimplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and
942 // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current
943 // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading
944 // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not
945 // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the
946 // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef,
947 // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand
948 // "undef".
949 if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000950 if (Result == *U)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000951 // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000952 // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it.
953 enqueueUsers(I);
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000954 else
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000955 // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace
956 // it with undef.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000957 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000958
959 return;
960 }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000961
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000962 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000963 return PI.setAborted(&I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000964
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000965 // See if we already have computed info on this node.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000966 uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I];
967 if (!Size) {
968 // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it.
969 if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(&I, Size))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000970 return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI);
971 }
972
973 // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire
974 // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special
975 // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands
976 // themselves which should be replaced with undef.
977 // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting
978 // for address sanitization.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000979 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000980 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000981 return;
982 }
983
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000984 insertUse(I, Offset, Size);
985 }
986
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000987 void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(PN); }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000988
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000989 void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(SI); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000990
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000991 /// \brief Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000992 void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000993};
994
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000995AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000996 :
997#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
998 AI(AI),
999#endif
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001000 PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001001 SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001002 SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001003 if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) {
1004 // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001005 // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001006 PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst()
1007 : PtrI.getAbortingInst();
1008 assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001009 return;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001010 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001011
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001012 Slices.erase(std::remove_if(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(),
Chandler Carruth68ea4152014-12-18 05:19:47 +00001013 [](const Slice &S) {
1014 return S.isDead();
1015 }),
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001016 Slices.end());
1017
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001018#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
1019 if (SROARandomShuffleSlices) {
1020 std::mt19937 MT(static_cast<unsigned>(sys::TimeValue::now().msec()));
1021 std::shuffle(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(), MT);
1022 }
1023#endif
1024
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00001025 // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order,
1026 // and the sizes to be in descending order.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001027 std::sort(Slices.begin(), Slices.end());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001028}
1029
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001030#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1031
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001032void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1033 StringRef Indent) const {
1034 printSlice(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001035 OS << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001036 printUse(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001037}
1038
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001039void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1040 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001041 OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")"
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001042 << " slice #" << (I - begin())
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001043 << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001044}
1045
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001046void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1047 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001048 OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n";
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001049}
1050
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001051void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001052 if (PointerEscapingInstr) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001053 OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001054 << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n"
1055 << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n";
1056 return;
1057 }
1058
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001059 OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001060 for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001061 print(OS, I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001062}
1063
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +00001064LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const {
1065 print(dbgs(), I);
1066}
1067LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001068
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001069#endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1070
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001071namespace {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001072/// \brief Implementation of LoadAndStorePromoter for promoting allocas.
1073///
1074/// This subclass of LoadAndStorePromoter adds overrides to handle promoting
1075/// the loads and stores of an alloca instruction, as well as updating its
1076/// debug information. This is used when a domtree is unavailable and thus
1077/// mem2reg in its full form can't be used to handle promotion of allocas to
1078/// scalar values.
1079class AllocaPromoter : public LoadAndStorePromoter {
1080 AllocaInst &AI;
1081 DIBuilder &DIB;
1082
1083 SmallVector<DbgDeclareInst *, 4> DDIs;
1084 SmallVector<DbgValueInst *, 4> DVIs;
1085
1086public:
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00001087 AllocaPromoter(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts, SSAUpdater &S,
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001088 AllocaInst &AI, DIBuilder &DIB)
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00001089 : LoadAndStorePromoter(Insts, S), AI(AI), DIB(DIB) {}
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001090
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001091 void run(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00001092 // Retain the debug information attached to the alloca for use when
1093 // rewriting loads and stores.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00001094 if (auto *L = LocalAsMetadata::getIfExists(&AI)) {
1095 if (auto *DebugNode = MetadataAsValue::getIfExists(AI.getContext(), L)) {
1096 for (User *U : DebugNode->users())
1097 if (DbgDeclareInst *DDI = dyn_cast<DbgDeclareInst>(U))
1098 DDIs.push_back(DDI);
1099 else if (DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(U))
1100 DVIs.push_back(DVI);
1101 }
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001102 }
1103
1104 LoadAndStorePromoter::run(Insts);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00001105
1106 // While we have the debug information, clear it off of the alloca. The
1107 // caller takes care of deleting the alloca.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001108 while (!DDIs.empty())
1109 DDIs.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
1110 while (!DVIs.empty())
1111 DVIs.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
1112 }
1113
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001114 bool
1115 isInstInList(Instruction *I,
1116 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts) const override {
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001117 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001118 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001119 Ptr = LI->getOperand(0);
1120 else
1121 Ptr = cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand();
1122
1123 // Only used to detect cycles, which will be rare and quickly found as
1124 // we're walking up a chain of defs rather than down through uses.
1125 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1126
1127 do {
1128 if (Ptr == &AI)
1129 return true;
1130
1131 if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Ptr))
1132 Ptr = BCI->getOperand(0);
1133 else if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Ptr))
1134 Ptr = GEPI->getPointerOperand();
1135 else
1136 return false;
1137
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001138 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001139
1140 return false;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001141 }
1142
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001143 void updateDebugInfo(Instruction *Inst) const override {
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00001144 for (DbgDeclareInst *DDI : DDIs)
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001145 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
1146 ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DDI, SI, DIB);
1147 else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
1148 ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DDI, LI, DIB);
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00001149 for (DbgValueInst *DVI : DVIs) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001150 Value *Arg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001151 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) {
1152 // If an argument is zero extended then use argument directly. The ZExt
1153 // may be zapped by an optimization pass in future.
1154 if (ZExtInst *ZExt = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0)))
1155 Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(ZExt->getOperand(0));
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001156 else if (SExtInst *SExt = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0)))
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001157 Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(SExt->getOperand(0));
1158 if (!Arg)
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001159 Arg = SI->getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001160 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst)) {
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001161 Arg = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001162 } else {
1163 continue;
1164 }
1165 Instruction *DbgVal =
Adrian Prantl87b7eb92014-10-01 18:55:02 +00001166 DIB.insertDbgValueIntrinsic(Arg, 0, DIVariable(DVI->getVariable()),
1167 DIExpression(DVI->getExpression()), Inst);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001168 DbgVal->setDebugLoc(DVI->getDebugLoc());
1169 }
1170 }
1171};
1172} // end anon namespace
1173
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001174namespace {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001175/// \brief An optimization pass providing Scalar Replacement of Aggregates.
1176///
1177/// This pass takes allocations which can be completely analyzed (that is, they
1178/// don't escape) and tries to turn them into scalar SSA values. There are
1179/// a few steps to this process.
1180///
1181/// 1) It takes allocations of aggregates and analyzes the ways in which they
1182/// are used to try to split them into smaller allocations, ideally of
1183/// a single scalar data type. It will split up memcpy and memset accesses
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001184/// as necessary and try to isolate individual scalar accesses.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001185/// 2) It will transform accesses into forms which are suitable for SSA value
1186/// promotion. This can be replacing a memset with a scalar store of an
1187/// integer value, or it can involve speculating operations on a PHI or
1188/// select to be a PHI or select of the results.
1189/// 3) Finally, this will try to detect a pattern of accesses which map cleanly
1190/// onto insert and extract operations on a vector value, and convert them to
1191/// this form. By doing so, it will enable promotion of vector aggregates to
1192/// SSA vector values.
1193class SROA : public FunctionPass {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001194 const bool RequiresDomTree;
1195
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001196 LLVMContext *C;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001197 const DataLayout *DL;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001198 DominatorTree *DT;
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00001199 AssumptionCache *AC;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001200
1201 /// \brief Worklist of alloca instructions to simplify.
1202 ///
1203 /// Each alloca in the function is added to this. Each new alloca formed gets
1204 /// added to it as well to recursively simplify unless that alloca can be
1205 /// directly promoted. Finally, each time we rewrite a use of an alloca other
1206 /// the one being actively rewritten, we add it back onto the list if not
1207 /// already present to ensure it is re-visited.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001208 SetVector<AllocaInst *, SmallVector<AllocaInst *, 16>> Worklist;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001209
1210 /// \brief A collection of instructions to delete.
1211 /// We try to batch deletions to simplify code and make things a bit more
1212 /// efficient.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001213 SetVector<Instruction *, SmallVector<Instruction *, 8>> DeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001214
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00001215 /// \brief Post-promotion worklist.
1216 ///
1217 /// Sometimes we discover an alloca which has a high probability of becoming
1218 /// viable for SROA after a round of promotion takes place. In those cases,
1219 /// the alloca is enqueued here for re-processing.
1220 ///
1221 /// Note that we have to be very careful to clear allocas out of this list in
1222 /// the event they are deleted.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001223 SetVector<AllocaInst *, SmallVector<AllocaInst *, 16>> PostPromotionWorklist;
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00001224
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001225 /// \brief A collection of alloca instructions we can directly promote.
1226 std::vector<AllocaInst *> PromotableAllocas;
1227
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001228 /// \brief A worklist of PHIs to speculate prior to promoting allocas.
1229 ///
1230 /// All of these PHIs have been checked for the safety of speculation and by
1231 /// being speculated will allow promoting allocas currently in the promotable
1232 /// queue.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001233 SetVector<PHINode *, SmallVector<PHINode *, 2>> SpeculatablePHIs;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001234
1235 /// \brief A worklist of select instructions to speculate prior to promoting
1236 /// allocas.
1237 ///
1238 /// All of these select instructions have been checked for the safety of
1239 /// speculation and by being speculated will allow promoting allocas
1240 /// currently in the promotable queue.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001241 SetVector<SelectInst *, SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2>> SpeculatableSelects;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001242
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001243public:
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001244 SROA(bool RequiresDomTree = true)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001245 : FunctionPass(ID), RequiresDomTree(RequiresDomTree), C(nullptr),
1246 DL(nullptr), DT(nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001247 initializeSROAPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
1248 }
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001249 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
1250 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001251
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001252 const char *getPassName() const override { return "SROA"; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001253 static char ID;
1254
1255private:
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00001256 friend class PHIOrSelectSpeculator;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001257 friend class AllocaSliceRewriter;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001258
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001259 bool presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00001260 bool rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00001261 AllocaSlices::Partition &P);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00001262 bool splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001263 bool runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00001264 void clobberUse(Use &U);
Craig Topper71b7b682014-08-21 05:55:13 +00001265 void deleteDeadInstructions(SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001266 bool promoteAllocas(Function &F);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001267};
1268}
1269
1270char SROA::ID = 0;
1271
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001272FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass(bool RequiresDomTree) {
1273 return new SROA(RequiresDomTree);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001274}
1275
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001276INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROA, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false,
1277 false)
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00001278INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00001279INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001280INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROA, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false,
1281 false)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001282
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001283/// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this
1284/// sequence of slices.
1285static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
1286 AllocaSlices::const_iterator E,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001287 uint64_t EndOffset) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001288 Type *Ty = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001289 bool TyIsCommon = true;
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001290 IntegerType *ITy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001291
1292 // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we
1293 // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001294 for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001295 Use *U = I->getUse();
1296 if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(*U->getUser()))
1297 continue;
1298 if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset)
1299 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001300
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001301 Type *UserTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001302 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001303 UserTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001304 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001305 UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001306 }
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001307
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001308 if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(UserTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001309 // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001310 // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001311 // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width
1312 // multiple.
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001313 if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 ||
1314 UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001315 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001316
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001317 // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there
1318 // is no common type.
1319 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth())
1320 ITy = UserITy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001321 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith73686d32014-06-17 00:19:35 +00001322
1323 // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not
1324 // depend on types skipped above.
1325 if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy))
1326 TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type.
1327 else
1328 Ty = UserTy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001329 }
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001330
1331 return TyIsCommon ? Ty : ITy;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001332}
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001333
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001334/// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1335/// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the
1336/// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1337/// From this:
1338/// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other]
1339/// %V = load i32* %P2
1340/// to:
1341/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1342/// ...
1343/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1344/// ...
1345/// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2]
1346///
1347/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands
1348/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
1349///
1350/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
1351/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001352static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN, const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001353 // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
1354 // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
1355 // TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
1356 // TODO: Allow stores.
1357 BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent();
1358 unsigned MaxAlign = 0;
1359 bool HaveLoad = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001360 for (User *U : PN.users()) {
1361 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001362 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001363 return false;
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001364
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001365 // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is
1366 // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through
1367 // a PHI.
1368 if (LI->getParent() != BB)
1369 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001370
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001371 // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that
1372 // could store.
1373 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &PN; &*BBI != LI; ++BBI)
1374 if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001375 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001376
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001377 MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
1378 HaveLoad = true;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001379 }
1380
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001381 if (!HaveLoad)
1382 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001383
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001384 // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
1385 // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
1386 // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
1387 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1388 TerminatorInst *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx)->getTerminator();
1389 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001390
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001391 // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an
1392 // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load
1393 // in the predecessor.
1394 if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects())
1395 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001396
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001397 // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't
1398 // critical.
1399 if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1)
1400 continue;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001401
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001402 // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there
1403 // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
1404 // block.
Hal Finkel2e42c342014-07-10 05:27:53 +00001405 if (InVal->isDereferenceablePointer(DL) ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001406 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, TI, MaxAlign, DL))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001407 continue;
1408
1409 return false;
1410 }
1411
1412 return true;
1413}
1414
1415static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
1416 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
1417
1418 Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(PN.getType())->getElementType();
1419 IRBuilderTy PHIBuilder(&PN);
1420 PHINode *NewPN = PHIBuilder.CreatePHI(LoadTy, PN.getNumIncomingValues(),
1421 PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1422
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001423 // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It doesn't
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001424 // matter which one we get and if any differ.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001425 LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001426
1427 AAMDNodes AATags;
1428 SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001429 unsigned Align = SomeLoad->getAlignment();
1430
1431 // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI.
1432 while (!PN.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001433 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001434 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPN);
1435 LI->eraseFromParent();
1436 }
1437
1438 // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks.
1439 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1440 BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx);
1441 TerminatorInst *TI = Pred->getTerminator();
1442 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
1443 IRBuilderTy PredBuilder(TI);
1444
1445 LoadInst *Load = PredBuilder.CreateLoad(
1446 InVal, (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName()));
1447 ++NumLoadsSpeculated;
1448 Load->setAlignment(Align);
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001449 if (AATags)
1450 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001451 NewPN->addIncoming(Load, Pred);
1452 }
1453
1454 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n");
1455 PN.eraseFromParent();
1456}
1457
1458/// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1459/// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result,
1460/// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1461/// From this:
1462/// %P2 = select i1 %cond, i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other
1463/// %V = load i32* %P2
1464/// to:
1465/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1466/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1467/// %V = select i1 %cond, i32 %V1, i32 %V2
1468///
1469/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
1470/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001471static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI,
1472 const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001473 Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
1474 Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
Hal Finkel2e42c342014-07-10 05:27:53 +00001475 bool TDerefable = TValue->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
1476 bool FDerefable = FValue->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001477
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001478 for (User *U : SI.users()) {
1479 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001480 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001481 return false;
1482
1483 // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either
1484 // absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
1485 // accesses to it.
1486 if (!TDerefable &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001487 !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI, LI->getAlignment(), DL))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001488 return false;
1489 if (!FDerefable &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001490 !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI, LI->getAlignment(), DL))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001491 return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 return true;
1495}
1496
1497static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI) {
1498 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
1499
1500 IRBuilderTy IRB(&SI);
1501 Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue();
1502 Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue();
1503 // Replace the loads of the select with a select of two loads.
1504 while (!SI.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001505 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001506 assert(LI->isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads");
1507
1508 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
1509 LoadInst *TL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001510 IRB.CreateLoad(TV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001511 LoadInst *FL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001512 IRB.CreateLoad(FV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001513 NumLoadsSpeculated += 2;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001514
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001515 // Transfer alignment and AA info if present.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001516 TL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
1517 FL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001518
1519 AAMDNodes Tags;
1520 LI->getAAMetadata(Tags);
1521 if (Tags) {
1522 TL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
1523 FL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001524 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001525
1526 Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(SI.getCondition(), TL, FL,
1527 LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1528
1529 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n");
1530 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1531 LI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001532 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001533 SI.eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001534}
1535
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001536/// \brief Build a GEP out of a base pointer and indices.
1537///
1538/// This will return the BasePtr if that is valid, or build a new GEP
1539/// instruction using the IRBuilder if GEP-ing is needed.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001540static Value *buildGEP(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *BasePtr,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001541 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001542 if (Indices.empty())
1543 return BasePtr;
1544
1545 // A single zero index is a no-op, so check for this and avoid building a GEP
1546 // in that case.
1547 if (Indices.size() == 1 && cast<ConstantInt>(Indices.back())->isZero())
1548 return BasePtr;
1549
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001550 return IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix + "sroa_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001551}
1552
1553/// \brief Get a natural GEP off of the BasePtr walking through Ty toward
1554/// TargetTy without changing the offset of the pointer.
1555///
1556/// This routine assumes we've already established a properly offset GEP with
1557/// Indices, and arrived at the Ty type. The goal is to continue to GEP with
1558/// zero-indices down through type layers until we find one the same as
1559/// TargetTy. If we can't find one with the same type, we at least try to use
1560/// one with the same size. If none of that works, we just produce the GEP as
1561/// indicated by Indices to have the correct offset.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001562static Value *getNaturalGEPWithType(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001563 Value *BasePtr, Type *Ty, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001564 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1565 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001566 if (Ty == TargetTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001567 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001568
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001569 // Pointer size to use for the indices.
1570 unsigned PtrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(BasePtr->getType());
1571
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001572 // See if we can descend into a struct and locate a field with the correct
1573 // type.
1574 unsigned NumLayers = 0;
1575 Type *ElementTy = Ty;
1576 do {
1577 if (ElementTy->isPointerTy())
1578 break;
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001579
1580 if (ArrayType *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(ElementTy)) {
1581 ElementTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
1582 Indices.push_back(IRB.getIntN(PtrSize, 0));
1583 } else if (VectorType *VectorTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(ElementTy)) {
1584 ElementTy = VectorTy->getElementType();
1585 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001586 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElementTy)) {
Chandler Carruth503eb2b2012-10-09 01:58:35 +00001587 if (STy->element_begin() == STy->element_end())
1588 break; // Nothing left to descend into.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001589 ElementTy = *STy->element_begin();
1590 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
1591 } else {
1592 break;
1593 }
1594 ++NumLayers;
1595 } while (ElementTy != TargetTy);
1596 if (ElementTy != TargetTy)
1597 Indices.erase(Indices.end() - NumLayers, Indices.end());
1598
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001599 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001600}
1601
1602/// \brief Recursively compute indices for a natural GEP.
1603///
1604/// This is the recursive step for getNaturalGEPWithOffset that walks down the
1605/// element types adding appropriate indices for the GEP.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001606static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001607 Value *Ptr, Type *Ty, APInt &Offset,
1608 Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001609 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1610 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001611 if (Offset == 0)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001612 return getNaturalGEPWithType(IRB, DL, Ptr, Ty, TargetTy, Indices,
1613 NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001614
1615 // We can't recurse through pointer types.
1616 if (Ty->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001617 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001618
Chandler Carruthdd3cea82012-09-14 10:30:40 +00001619 // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are
1620 // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing
1621 // over a vector from the IR completely.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001622 if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001623 unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType());
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001624 if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) {
1625 // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid.
1626 return nullptr;
1627 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001628 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8);
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001629 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001630 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001631 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001632 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1633 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001634 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(),
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001635 Offset, TargetTy, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001636 }
1637
1638 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
1639 Type *ElementTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001640 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001641 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001642 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001643 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001644
1645 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1646 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001647 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001648 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001649 }
1650
1651 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
1652 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001653 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001654
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001655 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001656 uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
Chandler Carruthcabd96c2012-09-14 10:30:42 +00001657 if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001658 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001659 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset);
1660 Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index));
1661 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001662 if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001663 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001664
1665 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001666 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001667 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001668}
1669
1670/// \brief Get a natural GEP from a base pointer to a particular offset and
1671/// resulting in a particular type.
1672///
1673/// The goal is to produce a "natural" looking GEP that works with the existing
1674/// composite types to arrive at the appropriate offset and element type for
1675/// a pointer. TargetTy is the element type the returned GEP should point-to if
1676/// possible. We recurse by decreasing Offset, adding the appropriate index to
1677/// Indices, and setting Ty to the result subtype.
1678///
Chandler Carruth93a21e72012-09-14 10:18:49 +00001679/// If no natural GEP can be constructed, this function returns null.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001680static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001681 Value *Ptr, APInt Offset, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001682 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1683 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001684 PointerType *Ty = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType());
1685
1686 // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is
1687 // an i8.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001688 if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001689 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001690
1691 Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth3f882d42012-09-18 22:37:19 +00001692 if (!ElementTy->isSized())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001693 return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001694 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001695 if (ElementSize == 0)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001696 return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001697 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001698
1699 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1700 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001701 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001702 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001703}
1704
1705/// \brief Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the
1706/// resulting pointer has PointerTy.
1707///
1708/// This tries very hard to compute a "natural" GEP which arrives at the offset
1709/// and produces the pointer type desired. Where it cannot, it will try to use
1710/// the natural GEP to arrive at the offset and bitcast to the type. Where that
1711/// fails, it will try to use an existing i8* and GEP to the byte offset and
1712/// bitcast to the type.
1713///
1714/// The strategy for finding the more natural GEPs is to peel off layers of the
1715/// pointer, walking back through bit casts and GEPs, searching for a base
1716/// pointer from which we can compute a natural GEP with the desired
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001717/// properties. The algorithm tries to fold as many constant indices into
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001718/// a single GEP as possible, thus making each GEP more independent of the
1719/// surrounding code.
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001720static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr,
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001721 APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001722 // Even though we don't look through PHI nodes, we could be called on an
1723 // instruction in an unreachable block, which may be on a cycle.
1724 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1725 Visited.insert(Ptr);
1726 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Indices;
1727
1728 // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we
1729 // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001730 // fall back to it, so keep it and the base it was computed from around here.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001731 Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001732 Value *OffsetBasePtr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001733
1734 // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw
1735 // byte offset.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001736 Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001737 APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
1738
1739 Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType();
1740
1741 do {
1742 // First fold any existing GEPs into the offset.
1743 while (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
1744 APInt GEPOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001745 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001746 break;
1747 Offset += GEPOffset;
1748 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001749 if (!Visited.insert(Ptr).second)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001750 break;
1751 }
1752
1753 // See if we can perform a natural GEP here.
1754 Indices.clear();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001755 if (Value *P = getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRB, DL, Ptr, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001756 Indices, NamePrefix)) {
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001757 // If we have a new natural pointer at the offset, clear out any old
1758 // offset pointer we computed. Unless it is the base pointer or
1759 // a non-instruction, we built a GEP we don't need. Zap it.
1760 if (OffsetPtr && OffsetPtr != OffsetBasePtr)
1761 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OffsetPtr)) {
1762 assert(I->use_empty() && "Built a GEP with uses some how!");
1763 I->eraseFromParent();
1764 }
1765 OffsetPtr = P;
1766 OffsetBasePtr = Ptr;
1767 // If we also found a pointer of the right type, we're done.
1768 if (P->getType() == PointerTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001769 return P;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001770 }
1771
1772 // Stash this pointer if we've found an i8*.
1773 if (Ptr->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
1774 Int8Ptr = Ptr;
1775 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1776 }
1777
1778 // Peel off a layer of the pointer and update the offset appropriately.
1779 if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast) {
1780 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
1781 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
1782 if (GA->mayBeOverridden())
1783 break;
1784 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
1785 } else {
1786 break;
1787 }
1788 assert(Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001789 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001790
1791 if (!OffsetPtr) {
1792 if (!Int8Ptr) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001793 Int8Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(
1794 Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy(PointerTy->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1795 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001796 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1797 }
1798
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001799 OffsetPtr = Int8PtrOffset == 0
1800 ? Int8Ptr
1801 : IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Int8Ptr, IRB.getInt(Int8PtrOffset),
1802 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001803 }
1804 Ptr = OffsetPtr;
1805
1806 // On the off chance we were targeting i8*, guard the bitcast here.
1807 if (Ptr->getType() != PointerTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001808 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerTy, NamePrefix + "sroa_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001809
1810 return Ptr;
1811}
1812
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001813/// \brief Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset.
1814static unsigned getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
1815 const DataLayout &DL) {
1816 unsigned Alignment;
1817 Type *Ty;
1818 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
1819 Alignment = LI->getAlignment();
1820 Ty = LI->getType();
1821 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
1822 Alignment = SI->getAlignment();
1823 Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1824 } else {
1825 llvm_unreachable("Only loads and stores are allowed!");
1826 }
1827
1828 if (!Alignment)
1829 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
1830
1831 return MinAlign(Alignment, Offset);
1832}
1833
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001834/// \brief Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type.
1835///
1836/// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to
1837/// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we
1838/// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an
1839/// underlying value, and convert that value.
1840static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) {
1841 if (OldTy == NewTy)
1842 return true;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00001843 if (IntegerType *OldITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(OldTy))
1844 if (IntegerType *NewITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewTy))
1845 if (NewITy->getBitWidth() >= OldITy->getBitWidth())
1846 return true;
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001847 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewTy) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(OldTy))
1848 return false;
1849 if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType())
1850 return false;
1851
Benjamin Kramer56262592013-09-22 11:24:58 +00001852 // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001853 // of pointers and integers.
1854 OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType();
1855 NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType();
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001856 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
1857 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy())
1858 return true;
1859 if (NewTy->isIntegerTy() || OldTy->isIntegerTy())
1860 return true;
1861 return false;
1862 }
1863
1864 return true;
1865}
1866
1867/// \brief Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different
1868/// type.
1869///
1870/// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts,
1871/// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test
1872/// two types for viability with this routine.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001873static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001874 Type *NewTy) {
1875 Type *OldTy = V->getType();
1876 assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type");
1877
1878 if (OldTy == NewTy)
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001879 return V;
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001880
1881 if (IntegerType *OldITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(OldTy))
1882 if (IntegerType *NewITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewTy))
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00001883 if (NewITy->getBitWidth() > OldITy->getBitWidth())
1884 return IRB.CreateZExt(V, NewITy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001885
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001886 // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1887 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1888 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1889 NewTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) {
1890 // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8*
1891 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1892 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1893 NewTy);
1894
1895 // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*>
1896 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1897 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1898 NewTy);
1899
1900 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V, NewTy);
1901 }
1902
1903 // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1904 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1905 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() &&
1906 NewTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy()) {
1907 // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128
1908 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1909 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1910 NewTy);
1911
1912 // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32>
1913 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1914 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1915 NewTy);
1916
1917 return IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, NewTy);
1918 }
1919
1920 return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, NewTy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001921}
1922
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001923/// \brief Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001924///
1925/// This function is called to test each entry in a partioning which is slated
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001926/// for a single slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001927static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(AllocaSlices::Partition &P,
1928 const Slice &S, VectorType *Ty,
1929 uint64_t ElementSize,
1930 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001931 // First validate the slice offsets.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001932 uint64_t BeginOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001933 std::max(S.beginOffset(), P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001934 uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize;
1935 if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset ||
1936 BeginIndex >= Ty->getNumElements())
1937 return false;
1938 uint64_t EndOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001939 std::min(S.endOffset(), P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001940 uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize;
1941 if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || EndIndex > Ty->getNumElements())
1942 return false;
1943
1944 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
1945 uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001946 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
1947 ? Ty->getElementType()
1948 : VectorType::get(Ty->getElementType(), NumElements);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001949
1950 Type *SplitIntTy =
1951 Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), NumElements * ElementSize * 8);
1952
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001953 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001954
1955 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1956 if (MI->isVolatile())
1957 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001958 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001959 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001960 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1961 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1962 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1963 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001964 } else if (U->get()->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isStructTy()) {
1965 // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA.
1966 return false;
1967 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1968 if (LI->isVolatile())
1969 return false;
1970 Type *LTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001971 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001972 assert(LTy->isIntegerTy());
1973 LTy = SplitIntTy;
1974 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001975 if (!canConvertValue(DL, SliceTy, LTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001976 return false;
1977 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1978 if (SI->isVolatile())
1979 return false;
1980 Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001981 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001982 assert(STy->isIntegerTy());
1983 STy = SplitIntTy;
1984 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001985 if (!canConvertValue(DL, STy, SliceTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001986 return false;
Chandler Carruth1ed848d2013-07-19 10:57:32 +00001987 } else {
1988 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001989 }
1990
1991 return true;
1992}
1993
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001994/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be
1995/// promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001996///
1997/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca
1998/// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only
1999/// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector
2000/// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we
2001/// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will
2002/// be promotable, so we have an early test here.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002003static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(AllocaSlices::Partition &P,
2004 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002005 // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether
2006 // we have different element types.
2007 SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys;
2008 Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr;
2009 bool HaveCommonEltTy = true;
2010 auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) {
2011 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
2012 CandidateTys.push_back(VTy);
2013 if (!CommonEltTy)
2014 CommonEltTy = VTy->getElementType();
2015 else if (CommonEltTy != VTy->getElementType())
2016 HaveCommonEltTy = false;
2017 }
2018 };
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002019 // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002020 for (const Slice &S : P)
2021 if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() &&
2022 S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002023 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
2024 CheckCandidateType(LI->getType());
2025 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
2026 CheckCandidateType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType());
2027 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002028
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002029 // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here.
2030 if (CandidateTys.empty())
2031 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002032
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002033 // Remove non-integer vector types if we had multiple common element types.
2034 // FIXME: It'd be nice to replace them with integer vector types, but we can't
2035 // do that until all the backends are known to produce good code for all
2036 // integer vector types.
2037 if (!HaveCommonEltTy) {
2038 CandidateTys.erase(std::remove_if(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(),
2039 [](VectorType *VTy) {
2040 return !VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy();
2041 }),
2042 CandidateTys.end());
2043
2044 // If there were no integer vector types, give up.
2045 if (CandidateTys.empty())
2046 return nullptr;
2047
2048 // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know
2049 // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements.
2050 auto RankVectorTypes = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) {
2051 assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy) == DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy) &&
2052 "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!");
2053 assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2054 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
2055 assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2056 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
2057 return RHSTy->getNumElements() < LHSTy->getNumElements();
2058 };
2059 std::sort(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes);
2060 CandidateTys.erase(
2061 std::unique(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes),
2062 CandidateTys.end());
2063 } else {
2064// The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to
2065// have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one.
2066#ifndef NDEBUG
2067 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) {
2068 assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy &&
2069 "Unaccounted for element type!");
2070 assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] &&
2071 "Different vector types with the same element type!");
2072 }
2073#endif
2074 CandidateTys.resize(1);
2075 }
2076
2077 // Try each vector type, and return the one which works.
2078 auto CheckVectorTypeForPromotion = [&](VectorType *VTy) {
2079 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getElementType());
2080
2081 // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes
2082 // that aren't byte sized.
2083 if (ElementSize % 8)
2084 return false;
2085 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy) % 8) == 0 &&
2086 "vector size not a multiple of element size?");
2087 ElementSize /= 8;
2088
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002089 for (const Slice &S : P)
2090 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002091 return false;
2092
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002093 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002094 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, *S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002095 return false;
2096
2097 return true;
2098 };
2099 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys)
2100 if (CheckVectorTypeForPromotion(VTy))
2101 return VTy;
2102
2103 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002104}
2105
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002106/// \brief Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002107///
2108/// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002109/// test below on a single slice of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002110static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002111 uint64_t AllocBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002112 Type *AllocaTy,
2113 const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002114 bool &WholeAllocaOp) {
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002115 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy);
2116
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002117 uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
2118 uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002119
2120 // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past
2121 // the end of the aloca's type and into its padding.
2122 if (RelEnd > Size)
2123 return false;
2124
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002125 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002126
2127 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
2128 if (LI->isVolatile())
2129 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002130 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
2131 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
2132 // vector widening instead.
2133 if (!isa<VectorType>(LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002134 WholeAllocaOp = true;
2135 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002136 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00002137 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002138 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002139 !canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002140 // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that
2141 // they are promotable.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002142 return false;
2143 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002144 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
2145 Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
2146 if (SI->isVolatile())
2147 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002148 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
2149 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
2150 // vector widening instead.
2151 if (!isa<VectorType>(ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002152 WholeAllocaOp = true;
2153 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(ValueTy)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002154 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002155 return false;
2156 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002157 !canConvertValue(DL, ValueTy, AllocaTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002158 // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that
2159 // they are promotable.
2160 return false;
2161 }
2162 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
2163 if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(MI->getLength()))
2164 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002165 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002166 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
2167 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
2168 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
2169 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
2170 return false;
2171 } else {
2172 return false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002173 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002174
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002175 return true;
2176}
2177
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002178/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be
2179/// widened to promotable ones.
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002180///
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002181/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and
2182/// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to
2183/// promote the resulting alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002184static bool isIntegerWideningViable(AllocaSlices::Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy,
2185 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002186 uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AllocaTy);
Benjamin Kramer47534c72012-12-01 11:53:32 +00002187 // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth.
2188 if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS)
2189 return false;
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002190
2191 // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002192 if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002193 return false;
2194
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002195 // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can
2196 // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force
2197 // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one.
2198 Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(AllocaTy->getContext(), SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002199 if (!canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, IntTy) ||
2200 !canConvertValue(DL, IntTy, AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002201 return false;
2202
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002203 // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or
2204 // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to
2205 // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable
Chandler Carruth5955c9e2013-07-19 07:12:23 +00002206 // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume
2207 // that we cover the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002208 // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the
2209 // partition here...
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002210 bool WholeAllocaOp =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002211 P.begin() != P.end() ? false : DL.isLegalInteger(SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002212
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002213 for (const Slice &S : P)
2214 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2215 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002216 return false;
2217
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002218 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002219 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(*S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2220 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002221 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002222
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002223 return WholeAllocaOp;
2224}
2225
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002226static Value *extractInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002227 IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
2228 const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002229 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002230 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2231 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2232 "Element extends past full value");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002233 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002234 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002235 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002236 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002237 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002238 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2239 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002240 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2241 "Cannot extract to a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002242 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002243 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, Ty, Name + ".trunc");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002244 DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n");
2245 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002246 return V;
2247}
2248
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002249static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002250 Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) {
2251 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Old->getType());
2252 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2253 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2254 "Cannot insert a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002255 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
2256 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002257 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, IntTy, Name + ".ext");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002258 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n");
2259 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002260 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2261 "Element store outside of alloca store");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002262 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002263 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002264 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002265 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002266 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002267 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2268 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002269
2270 if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
2271 APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(ShAmt);
2272 Old = IRB.CreateAnd(Old, Mask, Name + ".mask");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002273 DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002274 V = IRB.CreateOr(Old, V, Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002275 DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002276 }
2277 return V;
2278}
2279
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002280static Value *extractVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex,
2281 unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002282 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2283 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2284 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2285
2286 if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements())
2287 return V;
2288
2289 if (NumElements == 1) {
2290 V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2291 Name + ".extract");
2292 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n");
2293 return V;
2294 }
2295
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002296 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002297 Mask.reserve(NumElements);
2298 for (unsigned i = BeginIndex; i != EndIndex; ++i)
2299 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i));
2300 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002301 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".extract");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002302 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
2303 return V;
2304}
2305
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002306static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V,
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002307 unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) {
2308 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Old->getType());
2309 assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector");
2310
2311 VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2312 if (!Ty) {
2313 // Single element to insert.
2314 V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Old, V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2315 Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002316 DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002317 return V;
2318 }
2319
2320 assert(Ty->getNumElements() <= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2321 "Too many elements!");
2322 if (Ty->getNumElements() == VecTy->getNumElements()) {
2323 assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch");
2324 return V;
2325 }
2326 unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + Ty->getNumElements();
2327
2328 // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first
2329 // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then
2330 // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the
2331 // incoming vector.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002332 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002333 Mask.reserve(VecTy->getNumElements());
2334 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
2335 if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)
2336 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i - BeginIndex));
2337 else
2338 Mask.push_back(UndefValue::get(IRB.getInt32Ty()));
2339 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002340 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".expand");
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002341 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002342
2343 Mask.clear();
2344 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002345 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt1(i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex));
2346
2347 V = IRB.CreateSelect(ConstantVector::get(Mask), V, Old, Name + "blend");
2348
2349 DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002350 return V;
2351}
2352
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002353namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002354/// \brief Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca
2355/// to use a new alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002356///
2357/// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition
2358/// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic
2359/// lives here.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002360class AllocaSliceRewriter : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002361 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002362 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
2363 typedef llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> Base;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002364
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002365 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002366 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002367 SROA &Pass;
2368 AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI;
2369 const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002370 Type *NewAllocaTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002371
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002372 // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new
2373 // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to
2374 // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired
2375 // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting.
2376 IntegerType *IntTy;
2377
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002378 // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure
2379 // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002380 // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca:
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002381 // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here.
2382 // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single
2383 // element.
2384 // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above
2385 // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds
2386 // which are promotable via mem2reg.
2387 VectorType *VecTy;
2388 Type *ElementTy;
2389 uint64_t ElementSize;
2390
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002391 // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to
2392 // the original alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002393 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002394 // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the
2395 // original alloca.
2396 uint64_t NewBeginOffset, NewEndOffset;
2397
2398 uint64_t SliceSize;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002399 bool IsSplittable;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002400 bool IsSplit;
Chandler Carruth54e8f0b2012-10-01 01:49:22 +00002401 Use *OldUse;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002402 Instruction *OldPtr;
2403
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002404 // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects.
2405 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers;
2406 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002407
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002408 // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and
2409 // the insertion point is set to point to the user.
2410 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002411
2412public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002413 AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002414 AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI,
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002415 uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002416 uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable,
2417 VectorType *PromotableVecTy,
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002418 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers,
2419 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002420 : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI),
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002421 NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset),
2422 NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002423 NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002424 IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable
2425 ? Type::getIntNTy(
2426 NewAI.getContext(),
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002427 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002428 : nullptr),
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002429 VecTy(PromotableVecTy),
2430 ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr),
2431 ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002432 BeginOffset(), EndOffset(), IsSplittable(), IsSplit(), OldUse(),
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002433 OldPtr(), PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers),
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002434 IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002435 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002436 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) % 8) == 0 &&
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002437 "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable");
2438 ++NumVectorized;
2439 }
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002440 assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002441 }
2442
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002443 bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002444 bool CanSROA = true;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002445 BeginOffset = I->beginOffset();
2446 EndOffset = I->endOffset();
2447 IsSplittable = I->isSplittable();
2448 IsSplit =
2449 BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002450 DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : ""));
2451 DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, ""));
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00002452 DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002453
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002454 // Compute the intersecting offset range.
2455 assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset);
2456 assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2457 NewBeginOffset = std::max(BeginOffset, NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2458 NewEndOffset = std::min(EndOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset);
2459
2460 SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2461
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002462 OldUse = I->getUse();
2463 OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->get());
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002464
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002465 Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser());
2466 IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI);
2467 IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc());
2468 IRB.SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + Twine(BeginOffset) + ".");
2469
2470 CanSROA &= visit(cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser()));
2471 if (VecTy || IntTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002472 assert(CanSROA);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002473 return CanSROA;
2474 }
2475
2476private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002477 // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible.
2478 using Base::visit;
2479
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002480 // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule.
2481 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) {
2482 DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n");
2483 llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!");
2484 }
2485
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002486 Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) {
2487 // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset
2488 // interchangeably for unsplit slices.
2489 assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset);
2490 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2491
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002492#ifndef NDEBUG
2493 StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName();
2494 // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name.
2495 size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(".sroa.");
2496 if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) {
2497 OldName = OldName.substr(LastSROAPrefix + strlen(".sroa."));
2498 // Look for an SROA slice index.
2499 size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2500 if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') {
2501 // Strip the index and look for the offset.
2502 OldName = OldName.substr(IndexEnd + 1);
2503 size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2504 if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.')
2505 // Strip the offset.
2506 OldName = OldName.substr(OffsetEnd + 1);
2507 }
2508 }
2509 // Strip any SROA suffixes as well.
2510 OldName = OldName.substr(0, OldName.find(".sroa_"));
2511#endif
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002512
2513 return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, &NewAI,
2514 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), Offset), PointerTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002515#ifndef NDEBUG
2516 Twine(OldName) + "."
2517#else
2518 Twine()
2519#endif
2520 );
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002521 }
2522
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002523 /// \brief Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new*
2524 /// alloca.
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002525 ///
2526 /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI
2527 /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002528 unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002529 unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment();
2530 if (!NewAIAlign)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002531 NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002532 unsigned Align =
2533 MinAlign(NewAIAlign, NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002534 return (Ty && Align == DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty)) ? 0 : Align;
Chandler Carruth4b2b38d2012-10-03 08:14:02 +00002535 }
2536
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002537 unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002538 assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector");
2539 uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2540 assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds");
2541 uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize;
2542 assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002543 return Index;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002544 }
2545
2546 void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) {
2547 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
2548 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002549 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002550 }
2551
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002552 Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst() {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002553 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2554 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002555 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002556
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002557 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002558 return extractVector(IRB, V, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002559 }
2560
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002561 Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002562 assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002563 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002564 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002565 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002566 assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2567 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2568 if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002569 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType()), Offset,
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002570 "extract");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002571 return V;
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002572 }
2573
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002574 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
2575 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
2576 Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(0);
2577 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002578
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002579 Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8)
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002580 : LI.getType();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002581 bool IsPtrAdjusted = false;
2582 Value *V;
2583 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002584 V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002585 } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002586 V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002587 } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002588 canConvertValue(DL, NewAllocaTy, LI.getType())) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002589 V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), LI.isVolatile(),
2590 LI.getName());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002591 } else {
2592 Type *LTy = TargetTy->getPointerTo();
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002593 V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, LTy),
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002594 getSliceAlign(TargetTy), LI.isVolatile(),
2595 LI.getName());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002596 IsPtrAdjusted = true;
2597 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002598 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, TargetTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002599
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002600 if (IsSplit) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002601 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
2602 assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2603 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002604 assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002605 "Split load isn't smaller than original load");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002606 assert(LI.getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002607 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002608 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002609 // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it.
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00002610 IRB.SetInsertPoint(std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(&LI)));
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002611 // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the
2612 // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with
2613 // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving
2614 // LI only used for this computation.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002615 Value *Placeholder =
2616 new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()->getPointerTo()));
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002617 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Placeholder, V, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2618 "insert");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002619 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2620 Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(&LI);
Jakub Staszak4e45abf2012-11-01 01:10:43 +00002621 delete Placeholder;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002622 } else {
2623 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002624 }
2625
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002626 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&LI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002627 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002628 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n");
2629 return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002630 }
2631
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002632 bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp) {
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002633 if (V->getType() != VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002634 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2635 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002636 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2637 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2638 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002639 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
2640 ? ElementTy
2641 : VectorType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002642 if (V->getType() != SliceTy)
2643 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, SliceTy);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002644
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002645 // Mix in the existing elements.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002646 Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002647 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, "vec");
2648 }
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002649 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002650 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002651
2652 (void)Store;
2653 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2654 return true;
2655 }
2656
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002657 bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002658 assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002659 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002660 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) != IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002661 Value *Old =
2662 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002663 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002664 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2665 uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002666 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002667 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002668 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002669 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002670 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002671 (void)Store;
2672 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2673 return true;
2674 }
2675
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002676 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
2677 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
2678 Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(1);
2679 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002680
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002681 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002682
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002683 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2684 // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002685 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
2686 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V->stripInBoundsOffsets()))
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002687 Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(AI);
2688
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002689 if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002690 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
2691 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2692 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
2693 assert(V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002694 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(V->getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002695 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002696 IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002697 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, NarrowTy, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2698 "extract");
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002699 }
2700
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002701 if (VecTy)
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002702 return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002703 if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy())
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002704 return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI);
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002705
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002706 StoreInst *NewSI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002707 if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2708 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002709 canConvertValue(DL, V->getType(), NewAllocaTy)) {
2710 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002711 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2712 SI.isVolatile());
2713 } else {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002714 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, V->getType()->getPointerTo());
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002715 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, NewPtr, getSliceAlign(V->getType()),
2716 SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002717 }
2718 (void)NewSI;
2719 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002720 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002721
2722 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n");
2723 return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && !SI.isVolatile();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002724 }
2725
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002726 /// \brief Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given
2727 /// number of bytes.
2728 ///
2729 /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't
2730 /// call this routine.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002731 /// FIXME: Heed the advice above.
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002732 ///
2733 /// \param V The i8 value to splat.
2734 /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002735 Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) {
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002736 assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes.");
2737 IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2738 assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte");
2739 if (Size == 1)
2740 return V;
2741
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002742 Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(VTy->getContext(), Size * 8);
2743 V = IRB.CreateMul(
2744 IRB.CreateZExt(V, SplatIntTy, "zext"),
2745 ConstantExpr::getUDiv(
2746 Constant::getAllOnesValue(SplatIntTy),
2747 ConstantExpr::getZExt(Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType()),
2748 SplatIntTy)),
2749 "isplat");
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002750 return V;
2751 }
2752
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002753 /// \brief Compute a vector splat for a given element value.
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002754 Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) {
2755 V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, V, "vsplat");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002756 DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n");
2757 return V;
2758 }
2759
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002760 bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
2761 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002762 assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr);
2763
2764 // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the
2765 // pointer to the new alloca.
2766 if (!isa<Constant>(II.getLength())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002767 assert(!IsSplit);
Chandler Carruth735d5be2014-02-26 04:45:24 +00002768 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002769 II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002770 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002771 II.setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(CstTy, getSliceAlign()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002772
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002773 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
2774 return false;
2775 }
2776
2777 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002778 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002779
2780 Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType();
2781 Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType();
2782
2783 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2784 // a single value type, just emit a memset.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002785 if (!VecTy && !IntTy &&
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002786 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002787 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy) ||
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002788 !AllocaTy->isSingleValueType() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002789 !DL.isLegalInteger(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) ||
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002790 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) % 8 != 0)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002791 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002792 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
2793 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemSet(
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002794 getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()), II.getValue(), Size,
2795 getSliceAlign(), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002796 (void)New;
2797 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2798 return false;
2799 }
2800
2801 // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual
2802 // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to
2803 // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002804 // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across
2805 // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type.
Benjamin Kramerc003a452013-01-01 16:13:35 +00002806 Value *V;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002807
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002808 if (VecTy) {
2809 // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it.
2810 assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002811
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002812 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2813 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002814 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2815 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2816 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2817
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002818 Value *Splat =
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002819 getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8);
2820 Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, Splat, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruthcacda252012-12-17 14:03:01 +00002821 if (NumElements > 1)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002822 Splat = getVectorSplat(Splat, NumElements);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002823
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002824 Value *Old =
2825 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002826 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, Splat, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002827 } else if (IntTy) {
2828 // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the
2829 // set integer.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002830 assert(!II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002831
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002832 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002833 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), Size);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002834
2835 if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
2836 EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002837 Value *Old =
2838 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002839 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002840 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002841 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002842 } else {
2843 assert(V->getType() == IntTy &&
2844 "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!");
2845 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002846 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002847 } else {
2848 // Established these invariants above.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002849 assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2850 assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002851
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002852 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) / 8);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002853 if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002854 V = getVectorSplat(V, AllocaVecTy->getNumElements());
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002855
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002856 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002857 }
2858
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002859 Value *New = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002860 II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002861 (void)New;
2862 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2863 return !II.isVolatile();
2864 }
2865
2866 bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
2867 // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break
2868 // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics.
2869
2870 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002871
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002872 bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse;
Alexey Samsonov26af6f72014-02-25 07:56:00 +00002873 assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) ||
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002874 (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002875
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002876 unsigned SliceAlign = getSliceAlign();
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002877
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002878 // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination
2879 // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of
2880 // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers
2881 // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have
2882 // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of
2883 // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to
2884 // update both source and dest of a single call.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002885 if (!IsSplittable) {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002886 Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002887 if (IsDest)
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002888 II.setDest(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002889 else
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002890 II.setSource(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002891
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002892 if (II.getAlignment() > SliceAlign) {
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002893 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002894 II.setAlignment(
2895 ConstantInt::get(CstTy, MinAlign(II.getAlignment(), SliceAlign)));
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002896 }
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002897
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002898 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002899 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002900 return false;
2901 }
2902 // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance:
2903 // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at
2904 // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace
2905 // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of
2906 // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations.
2907
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002908 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2909 // a single value type, just emit a memcpy.
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002910 bool EmitMemCpy =
2911 !VecTy && !IntTy &&
2912 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
2913 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(NewAI.getAllocatedType()) ||
2914 !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002915
2916 // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the
2917 // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is
2918 // a no-op.
2919 if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002920 // Ensure the start lines up.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002921 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002922
2923 // Rewrite the size as needed.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002924 if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002925 II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(II.getLength()->getType(),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002926 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002927 return false;
2928 }
2929 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002930 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002931
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002932 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2933 // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002934 Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002935 if (AllocaInst *AI =
2936 dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002937 assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI &&
2938 "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends.");
Chandler Carruth4bd8f662012-09-26 07:41:40 +00002939 Pass.Worklist.insert(AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002940 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002941
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002942 Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType();
2943 unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace();
2944
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002945 // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002946 unsigned IntPtrWidth = DL.getPointerSizeInBits(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002947 APInt OtherOffset(IntPtrWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002948 unsigned OtherAlign = MinAlign(II.getAlignment() ? II.getAlignment() : 1,
2949 OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue());
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002950
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002951 if (EmitMemCpy) {
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002952 // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce
2953 // a single, simple GEP in most cases.
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002954 OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002955 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002956
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002957 Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002958 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002959 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002960
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002961 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(
2962 IsDest ? OurPtr : OtherPtr, IsDest ? OtherPtr : OurPtr, Size,
2963 MinAlign(SliceAlign, OtherAlign), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002964 (void)New;
2965 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2966 return false;
2967 }
2968
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002969 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2970 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
2971 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2972 unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewBeginOffset) : 0;
2973 unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002974 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002975 IntegerType *SubIntTy =
2976 IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size * 8) : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002977
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002978 // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to
2979 // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002980 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
2981 if (NumElements == 1)
2982 OtherPtrTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2983 else
2984 OtherPtrTy = VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), NumElements);
2985
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002986 OtherPtrTy = OtherPtrTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002987 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002988 OtherPtrTy = SubIntTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
2989 } else {
2990 OtherPtrTy = NewAllocaTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002991 }
2992
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002993 Value *SrcPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002994 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002995 unsigned SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002996 Value *DstPtr = &NewAI;
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002997 unsigned DstAlign = SliceAlign;
2998 if (!IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002999 std::swap(SrcPtr, DstPtr);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003000 std::swap(SrcAlign, DstAlign);
3001 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003002
3003 Value *Src;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003004 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003005 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00003006 Src = extractVector(IRB, Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00003007 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003008 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003009 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003010 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003011 Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, Src, SubIntTy, Offset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003012 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003013 Src =
3014 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(SrcPtr, SrcAlign, II.isVolatile(), "copyload");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003015 }
3016
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003017 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003018 Value *Old =
3019 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00003020 Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, Src, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003021 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003022 Value *Old =
3023 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003024 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003025 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003026 Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, Src, Offset, "insert");
3027 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00003028 }
3029
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00003030 StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>(
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003031 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Src, DstPtr, DstAlign, II.isVolatile()));
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00003032 (void)Store;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003033 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3034 return !II.isVolatile();
3035 }
3036
3037 bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
3038 assert(II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
3039 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
3040 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003041 assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr);
3042
3043 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00003044 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003045
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003046 ConstantInt *Size =
3047 ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(II.getArgOperand(0)->getType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003048 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003049 Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003050 Value *New;
3051 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start)
3052 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size);
3053 else
3054 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size);
3055
Edwin Vane82f80d42013-01-29 17:42:24 +00003056 (void)New;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003057 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
3058 return true;
3059 }
3060
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003061 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3062 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003063 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
3064 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003065
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003066 // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be
3067 // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of
3068 // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to
3069 // dominate the PHI.
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003070 IRBuilderTy PtrBuilder(IRB);
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00003071 if (isa<PHINode>(OldPtr))
3072 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
3073 else
3074 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003075 PtrBuilder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003076
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003077 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(PtrBuilder, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003078 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
Benjamin Kramer7ddd7052012-10-20 12:04:57 +00003079 std::replace(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), cast<Value>(OldPtr), NewPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003080
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003081 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n");
3082 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003083
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003084 // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3085 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3086 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3087 PHIUsers.insert(&PN);
3088 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003089 }
3090
3091 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3092 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003093 assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) &&
3094 "Pointer isn't an operand!");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003095 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
3096 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003097
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003098 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003099 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
3100 if (SI.getOperand(1) == OldPtr)
3101 SI.setOperand(1, NewPtr);
3102 if (SI.getOperand(2) == OldPtr)
3103 SI.setOperand(2, NewPtr);
3104
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003105 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003106 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003107
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003108 // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3109 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3110 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3111 SelectUsers.insert(&SI);
3112 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003113 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003114};
3115}
3116
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003117namespace {
3118/// \brief Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar.
3119///
3120/// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on
3121/// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify)
3122/// with scalar loads and stores.
3123class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> {
3124 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
3125 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>;
3126
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003127 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003128
3129 /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite.
3130 SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue;
3131
3132 /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops.
3133 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
3134
3135 /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used
3136 /// value (as opposed to the user).
3137 Use *U;
3138
3139public:
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003140 AggLoadStoreRewriter(const DataLayout &DL) : DL(DL) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003141
3142 /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from
3143 /// it.
3144 bool rewrite(Instruction &I) {
3145 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n");
3146 enqueueUsers(I);
3147 bool Changed = false;
3148 while (!Queue.empty()) {
3149 U = Queue.pop_back_val();
3150 Changed |= visit(cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()));
3151 }
3152 return Changed;
3153 }
3154
3155private:
3156 /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing.
3157 /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users.
3158 void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003159 for (Use &U : I.uses())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003160 if (Visited.insert(U.getUser()).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003161 Queue.push_back(&U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003162 }
3163
3164 // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything.
3165 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; }
3166
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003167 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission class.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003168 template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003169 protected:
3170 /// The builder used to form new instructions.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00003171 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003172 /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the
3173 /// appropriate value within the aggregate.
3174 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
3175 /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot
3176 /// within the aggregate.
3177 SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices;
3178 /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the
3179 /// split operations.
3180 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003181
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003182 /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a
3183 /// single zero GEP index.
3184 OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003185 : IRB(InsertionPoint), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(0)), Ptr(Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003186
3187 public:
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003188 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission routine.
3189 ///
3190 /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into
3191 /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value
3192 /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument.
3193 ///
3194 /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and
3195 /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely
3196 /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values).
3197 ///
3198 /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops.
3199 /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on
3200 /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively.
3201 void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
3202 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003203 return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc(Ty, Agg, Name);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003204
3205 if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3206 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3207 (void)OldSize;
3208 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3209 ++Idx) {
3210 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3211 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3212 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3213 emitSplitOps(ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3214 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3215 Indices.pop_back();
3216 }
3217 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003218 }
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003219
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003220 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3221 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3222 (void)OldSize;
3223 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3224 ++Idx) {
3225 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3226 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3227 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3228 emitSplitOps(STy->getElementType(Idx), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3229 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3230 Indices.pop_back();
3231 }
3232 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003233 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003234
3235 llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003236 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003237 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003238
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003239 struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003240 LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003241 : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003242
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003243 /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3244 /// recursive emission to actually load values.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003245 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003246 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3247 // Load the single value and insert it using the indices.
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +00003248 Value *GEP = IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
3249 Value *Load = IRB.CreateLoad(GEP, Name + ".load");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003250 Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Load, Indices, Name + ".insert");
3251 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n");
3252 }
3253 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003254
3255 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
3256 assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U);
3257 if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType())
3258 return false;
3259
3260 // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart.
3261 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003262 LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003263 Value *V = UndefValue::get(LI.getType());
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003264 Splitter.emitSplitOps(LI.getType(), V, LI.getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003265 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
3266 LI.eraseFromParent();
3267 return true;
3268 }
3269
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003270 struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003271 StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003272 : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003273
3274 /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3275 /// recursive emission to actually produce stores.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003276 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003277 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3278 // Extract the single value and store it using the indices.
3279 Value *Store = IRB.CreateStore(
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003280 IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Indices, Name + ".extract"),
3281 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep"));
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003282 (void)Store;
3283 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3284 }
3285 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003286
3287 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
3288 if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U)
3289 return false;
3290 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
3291 if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType())
3292 return false;
3293
3294 // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart.
3295 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003296 StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U);
3297 Splitter.emitSplitOps(V->getType(), V, V->getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003298 SI.eraseFromParent();
3299 return true;
3300 }
3301
3302 bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
3303 enqueueUsers(BC);
3304 return false;
3305 }
3306
3307 bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
3308 enqueueUsers(GEPI);
3309 return false;
3310 }
3311
3312 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3313 enqueueUsers(PN);
3314 return false;
3315 }
3316
3317 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3318 enqueueUsers(SI);
3319 return false;
3320 }
3321};
3322}
3323
Chandler Carruthba931992012-10-13 10:49:33 +00003324/// \brief Strip aggregate type wrapping.
3325///
3326/// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will
3327/// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type
3328/// size or the allocated size.
3329static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) {
3330 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
3331 return Ty;
3332
3333 uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
3334 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3335
3336 Type *InnerTy;
3337 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3338 InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
3339 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3340 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
3341 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(0);
3342 InnerTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
3343 } else {
3344 return Ty;
3345 }
3346
3347 if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(InnerTy) ||
3348 TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(InnerTy))
3349 return Ty;
3350
3351 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, InnerTy);
3352}
3353
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003354/// \brief Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given
3355/// offset and size.
3356///
3357/// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype
3358/// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003359/// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section,
3360/// and the same for structs.
3361///
3362/// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the
3363/// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving
3364/// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off.
3365/// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not
3366/// return a type if necessary.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003367static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
3368 uint64_t Size) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003369 if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) == Size)
3370 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty);
3371 if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) ||
3372 (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003373 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003374
3375 if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) {
3376 // We can't partition pointers...
3377 if (SeqTy->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003378 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003379
3380 Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003381 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003382 uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003383 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003384 if (NumSkippedElements >= ArrTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003385 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003386 } else if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003387 if (NumSkippedElements >= VecTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003388 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003389 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003390 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
3391
3392 // First check if we need to recurse.
3393 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3394 // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element.
3395 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003396 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003397 // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003398 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003399 }
3400 assert(Offset == 0);
3401
3402 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003403 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003404 assert(Size > ElementSize);
3405 uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize;
3406 if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003407 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003408 return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
3409 }
3410
3411 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
3412 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003413 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003414
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003415 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003416 if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003417 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003418 uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size;
3419 if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003420 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003421
3422 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003423 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index);
3424
3425 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003426 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003427 if (Offset >= ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003428 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003429
3430 // See if any partition must be contained by the element.
3431 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3432 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003433 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003434 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003435 }
3436 assert(Offset == 0);
3437
3438 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003439 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003440
3441 StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index,
3442 EE = STy->element_end();
3443 if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
3444 unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset);
3445 if (Index == EndIndex)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003446 return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding.
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003447
3448 // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the
3449 // expected size.
3450 // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the
3451 // sub-struct to find a natural end point.
3452 if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003453 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003454
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003455 assert(Index < EndIndex);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003456 EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex;
3457 }
3458
3459 // Try to build up a sub-structure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003460 StructType *SubTy =
3461 StructType::get(STy->getContext(), makeArrayRef(EI, EE), STy->isPacked());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003462 const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003463 if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003464 return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003465
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003466 return SubTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003467}
3468
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003469/// \brief Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting.
3470///
3471/// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as
3472/// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we
3473/// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the
3474/// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores
3475/// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like
3476/// the following:
3477///
3478/// %a = alloca [12 x i8]
3479/// %gep1 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 0
3480/// %gep2 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 4
3481/// %gep3 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 8
3482/// %iptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to i64*
3483/// %iptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to i64*
3484/// %fptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to float*
3485/// %fptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to float*
3486/// %fptr3 = bitcast i8* %gep3 to float*
3487/// store float 0.0, float* %fptr1
3488/// store float 1.0, float* %fptr2
3489/// %v = load i64* %iptr1
3490/// store i64 %v, i64* %iptr2
3491/// %f1 = load float* %fptr2
3492/// %f2 = load float* %fptr3
3493///
3494/// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and
3495/// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been
3496/// there all along.
3497///
3498/// \returns true if any changes are made.
3499bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3500 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n");
3501
3502 // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in
3503 // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable
3504 // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we
3505 // actually split.
3506 SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads;
3507 SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores;
3508
3509 // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we
3510 // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads
3511 // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill
3512 // all the slices that end up split.
3513 struct SplitOffsets {
3514 Slice *S;
3515 std::vector<uint64_t> Splits;
3516 };
3517 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap;
3518
3519 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n");
3520 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
3521 for (Slice &S : P) {
3522 if (!S.isSplittable())
3523 continue;
3524 if (S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset())
3525 continue;
3526 assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() &&
3527 "Empty or backwards partition!");
3528
3529 // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice.
3530 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(S.getUse()->getUser());
3531 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3532 assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!");
3533
3534 // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for
3535 // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be
3536 // simple to avoid changing semantics.
3537 auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) {
3538 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3539 auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3540 if (!SI || !SI->isSimple())
3541 return false;
3542 }
3543 return true;
3544 };
3545 if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI))
3546 continue;
3547
3548 Loads.push_back(LI);
3549 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003550 if (!SI ||
3551 S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(SI->getPointerOperandIndex()))
3552 continue;
3553 auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3554 if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple())
3555 continue;
3556 assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003557
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003558 Stores.push_back(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003559 } else {
3560 // Other uses cannot be pre-split.
3561 continue;
3562 }
3563
3564 // Record the initial split.
3565 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n");
3566 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I];
3567 assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3568 "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!");
3569 Offsets.S = &S;
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003570 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - S.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003571 }
3572
3573 // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which
3574 // we're going to pre-split.
3575 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
3576 auto SplitOffsetsMapI =
3577 SplitOffsetsMap.find(cast<Instruction>(S->getUse()->getUser()));
3578 if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3579 continue;
3580 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second;
3581
3582 assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!");
3583 assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3584 "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!");
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003585 assert(Offsets.Splits.back() ==
3586 P.beginOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003587 "Previous split does not end where this one begins!");
3588
3589 // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size
3590 // of the slice dictates that.
3591 if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset())
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003592 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003593 }
3594 }
3595
3596 // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For
3597 // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly
3598 // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to
3599 // any rewriting.
3600 SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 4> BadSplitLoads;
3601 Stores.erase(
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003602 std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
3603 [&BadSplitLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) {
3604 // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split
3605 // offsets.
3606 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3607 auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(LI);
3608 if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3609 return false; // Unrelated loads are always safe.
3610 auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003611
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003612 // Now lookup the store's offsets.
3613 auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003614
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003615 // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and
3616 // store match exactly, then we can split them and we
3617 // don't need to remove them here.
3618 if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits)
3619 return false;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003620
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003621 DEBUG(dbgs()
3622 << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n"
3623 << " " << *LI << "\n"
3624 << " " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003625
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003626 // We've found a store and load that we need to split
3627 // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them
3628 // and remove both instructions from our list of
3629 // candidates.
3630 BadSplitLoads.insert(LI);
3631 return true;
3632 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003633 Stores.end());
3634 Loads.erase(std::remove_if(Loads.begin(), Loads.end(),
3635 [&BadSplitLoads](LoadInst *LI) {
3636 return BadSplitLoads.count(LI);
3637 }),
3638 Loads.end());
3639
3640 // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for
3641 // this alloca.
3642 if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty())
3643 return false;
3644
3645 // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up
3646 // an IR builder.
3647 IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI);
3648
3649 // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices.
3650 SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices;
3651
3652 // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate
3653 // on them.
3654 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas;
3655
3656 // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can
3657 // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the
3658 // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in
3659 // the value operand to one of the stores.
3660 //
3661 // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split
3662 // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append
3663 // them to the alloca slices.
3664 SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
3665 std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
3666 for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
3667 SplitLoads.clear();
3668
3669 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3670 uint64_t LoadSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3671 assert(LoadSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer load!");
3672
3673 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI];
3674 assert(LoadSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3675 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3676 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3677 assert(BaseOffset + LoadSize > BaseOffset &&
3678 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3679
3680 Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(LI->getPointerOperand());
3681 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(LI));
3682
3683 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n");
3684
3685 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3686 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3687 for (;;) {
3688 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3689 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3690 LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
3691 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, BasePtr,
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003692 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3693 PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003694 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
3695 LI->getName());
3696
3697 // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
3698 // to rewrite the stores.
3699 SplitLoads.push_back(PLoad);
3700
3701 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003702 NewSlices.push_back(
3703 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3704 &PLoad->getOperandUse(PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003705 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003706 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3707 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PLoad
3708 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003709
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003710 // See if we've handled all the splits.
3711 if (Idx >= Size)
3712 break;
3713
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003714 // Setup the next partition.
3715 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3716 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003717 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : LoadSize) - PartOffset;
3718 }
3719
3720 // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the
3721 // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use
3722 // below if the store is going to be split there anyways.
3723 bool DeferredStores = false;
3724 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3725 StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3726 if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(SI)) {
3727 DeferredStores = true;
3728 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI << "\n");
3729 continue;
3730 }
3731
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003732 Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003733 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
3734
3735 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n");
3736
3737 for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) {
3738 LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx];
3739 uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1];
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003740 auto *PartPtrTy =
3741 PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003742
3743 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
3744 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, StoreBasePtr,
3745 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3746 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
3747 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
3748 (void)PStore;
3749 DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
3750 }
3751
3752 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3753 // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by
3754 // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer
3755 // promotable.
3756 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(StoreBasePtr)) {
3757 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3758 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3759 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3760 StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3761 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3762 }
3763
3764 // Mark the original store as dead.
3765 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3766 }
3767
3768 // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users.
3769 if (DeferredStores)
3770 SplitLoadsMap.insert(std::make_pair(LI, std::move(SplitLoads)));
3771
3772 // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice.
3773 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3774 Offsets.S->kill();
3775 }
3776
3777 // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that
3778 // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such
3779 // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of
3780 // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of
3781 // them.
3782 for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) {
3783 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3784 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3785 uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3786 assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!");
3787
3788 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
3789 assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3790 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3791 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3792 assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset &&
3793 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3794
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003795 Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003796 Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(SI->getPointerOperand());
3797
3798 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n");
3799
3800 // Check whether we have an already split load.
3801 auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(LI);
3802 std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr;
3803 if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) {
3804 SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second;
3805 assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 &&
3806 "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!");
3807 } else {
3808 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n");
3809 }
3810
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003811 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3812 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3813 for (;;) {
3814 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3815 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3816
3817 // Either lookup a split load or create one.
3818 LoadInst *PLoad;
3819 if (SplitLoads) {
3820 PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx];
3821 } else {
3822 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(LI));
3823 PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
3824 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, LoadBasePtr,
3825 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3826 PartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
3827 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
3828 LI->getName());
3829 }
3830
3831 // And store this partition.
3832 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
3833 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
3834 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, StoreBasePtr,
3835 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3836 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
3837 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
3838
3839 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
3840 NewSlices.push_back(
3841 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3842 &PStore->getOperandUse(PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003843 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003844 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3845 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PStore
3846 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003847 if (!SplitLoads) {
3848 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n");
3849 }
3850
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003851 // See if we've finished all the splits.
3852 if (Idx >= Size)
3853 break;
3854
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003855 // Setup the next partition.
3856 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3857 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003858 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset;
3859 }
3860
3861 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3862 // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and
3863 // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track
3864 // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be
3865 // promoted.
3866 if (!SplitLoads) {
3867 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(LoadBasePtr)) {
3868 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3869 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3870 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3871 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3872 LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3873 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3874 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3875 }
3876 }
3877
3878 // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003879 // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place unless this store
3880 // was its ownly use. It may in turn be split up if it is an alloca load
3881 // for some other alloca, but it may be a normal load. This may introduce
3882 // redundant loads, but where those can be merged the rest of the optimizer
3883 // should handle the merging, and this uncovers SSA splits which is more
3884 // important. In practice, the original loads will almost always be fully
3885 // split and removed eventually, and the splits will be merged by any
3886 // trivial CSE, including instcombine.
3887 if (LI->hasOneUse()) {
3888 assert(*LI->user_begin() == SI && "Single use isn't this store!");
3889 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3890 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003891 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3892 Offsets.S->kill();
3893 }
3894
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003895 // Remove the killed slices that have ben pre-split.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003896 AS.erase(std::remove_if(AS.begin(), AS.end(), [](const Slice &S) {
3897 return S.isDead();
3898 }), AS.end());
3899
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003900 // Insert our new slices. This will sort and merge them into the sorted
3901 // sequence.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003902 AS.insert(NewSlices);
3903
3904 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n");
3905#ifndef NDEBUG
3906 for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I)
3907 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " "));
3908#endif
3909
3910 // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting.
3911 // They have already been added to the worklist above.
3912 PromotableAllocas.erase(
3913 std::remove_if(
3914 PromotableAllocas.begin(), PromotableAllocas.end(),
3915 [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(AI); }),
3916 PromotableAllocas.end());
3917
3918 return true;
3919}
3920
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003921/// \brief Rewrite an alloca partition's users.
3922///
3923/// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries
3924/// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value
3925/// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will
3926/// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and
3927/// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the
3928/// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was
3929/// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be
3930/// promoted.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00003931bool SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003932 AllocaSlices::Partition &P) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003933 // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This
3934 // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
3935 // or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003936 Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003937 if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
3938 if (DL->getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003939 SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
3940 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003941 if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(*DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003942 P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003943 SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
3944 if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
3945 SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003946 DL->isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
3947 SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003948 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003949 SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
3950 assert(DL->getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003951
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00003952 bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, *DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003953
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003954 VectorType *VecTy =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00003955 IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, *DL);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003956 if (VecTy)
3957 SliceTy = VecTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003958
3959 // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the
3960 // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that
3961 // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00003962 // perform phi and select speculation.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003963 AllocaInst *NewAI;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003964 if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003965 assert(P.beginOffset() == 0 &&
3966 "Non-zero begin offset but same alloca type");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003967 NewAI = &AI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003968 // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed".
3969 // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003970 } else {
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003971 unsigned Alignment = AI.getAlignment();
3972 if (!Alignment) {
3973 // The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
3974 // alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
3975 // type.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003976 Alignment = DL->getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003977 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003978 Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003979 // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
3980 // the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003981 if (Alignment <= DL->getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003982 Alignment = 0;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003983 NewAI = new AllocaInst(
3984 SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment,
3985 AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003986 ++NumNewAllocas;
3987 }
3988
3989 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition "
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003990 << "[" << P.beginOffset() << "," << P.endOffset()
3991 << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003992
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003993 // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003994 // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in
3995 // fact scheduled for promotion.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003996 unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size();
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003997 unsigned NumUses = 0;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003998 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
3999 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004000
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004001 AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(*DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
4002 P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
4003 PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004004 bool Promotable = true;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00004005 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004006 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004007 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004008 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004009 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004010 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(&S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004011 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004012 }
4013
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004014 NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses;
4015 MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition =
4016 std::max<unsigned>(NumUses, MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004017
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004018 // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any
4019 // PHIs or Selects would block promotion.
4020 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *>::iterator I = PHIUsers.begin(),
4021 E = PHIUsers.end();
4022 I != E; ++I)
4023 if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I, DL)) {
4024 Promotable = false;
4025 PHIUsers.clear();
4026 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004027 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004028 }
4029 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *>::iterator I = SelectUsers.begin(),
4030 E = SelectUsers.end();
4031 I != E; ++I)
4032 if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I, DL)) {
4033 Promotable = false;
4034 PHIUsers.clear();
4035 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004036 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004037 }
4038
4039 if (Promotable) {
4040 if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) {
4041 // Promote the alloca.
4042 PromotableAllocas.push_back(NewAI);
4043 } else {
4044 // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those
4045 // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the
4046 // next iteration.
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00004047 for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers)
4048 SpeculatablePHIs.insert(PHIUser);
4049 for (SelectInst *SelectUser : SelectUsers)
4050 SpeculatableSelects.insert(SelectUser);
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004051 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
4052 }
4053 } else {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004054 // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new
4055 // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an
4056 // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted.
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004057 if (NewAI != &AI)
4058 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004059
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004060 // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004061 while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize)
4062 PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004063 }
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004064
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004065 return true;
4066}
4067
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004068/// \brief Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them,
4069/// rewriting each of their uses.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004070bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
4071 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004072 return false;
4073
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004074 unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004075 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004076
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004077 // First try to pre-split loads and stores.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004078 Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
4079
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004080 // Now that we have identified any pre-splitting opportunities, mark any
4081 // splittable (non-whole-alloca) loads and stores as unsplittable. If we fail
4082 // to split these during pre-splitting, we want to force them to be
4083 // rewritten into a partition.
4084 bool IsSorted = true;
4085 for (Slice &S : AS) {
4086 if (!S.isSplittable())
4087 continue;
4088 // FIXME: We currently leave whole-alloca splittable loads and stores. This
4089 // used to be the only splittable loads and stores and we need to be
4090 // confident that the above handling of splittable loads and stores is
4091 // completely sufficient before we forcibly disable the remaining handling.
4092 if (S.beginOffset() == 0 &&
4093 S.endOffset() >= DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()))
4094 continue;
4095 if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
4096 isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
4097 S.makeUnsplittable();
4098 IsSorted = false;
4099 }
4100 }
4101 if (!IsSorted)
4102 std::sort(AS.begin(), AS.end());
4103
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004104 // Rewrite each partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004105 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
4106 Changed |= rewritePartition(AI, AS, P);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004107 ++NumPartitions;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004108 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004109
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004110 NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions;
4111 MaxPartitionsPerAlloca =
4112 std::max<unsigned>(NumPartitions, MaxPartitionsPerAlloca);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004113
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004114 return Changed;
4115}
4116
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004117/// \brief Clobber a use with undef, deleting the used value if it becomes dead.
4118void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) {
4119 Value *OldV = U;
4120 // Replace the use with an undef value.
4121 U = UndefValue::get(OldV->getType());
4122
4123 // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect
4124 // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being
4125 // minimal.
4126 if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldV))
4127 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(OldI)) {
4128 DeadInsts.insert(OldI);
4129 }
4130}
4131
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004132/// \brief Analyze an alloca for SROA.
4133///
4134/// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004135/// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004136/// rewritten as needed.
4137bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
4138 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n");
4139 ++NumAllocasAnalyzed;
4140
4141 // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial.
4142 if (AI.use_empty()) {
4143 AI.eraseFromParent();
4144 return true;
4145 }
4146
4147 // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
4148 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00004149 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004150 return false;
4151
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004152 bool Changed = false;
4153
4154 // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
4155 // better splitting and promotion opportunities.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00004156 AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter(*DL);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004157 Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
4158
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004159 // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004160 AllocaSlices AS(*DL, AI);
4161 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
4162 if (AS.isEscaped())
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004163 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004164
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004165 // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004166 for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004167 // Free up everything used by this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004168 for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands())
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004169 clobberUse(DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004170
4171 // Now replace the uses of this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004172 DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(DeadUser->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004173
4174 // And mark it for deletion.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004175 DeadInsts.insert(DeadUser);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004176 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004177 }
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004178 for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) {
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004179 clobberUse(*DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004180 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004181 }
4182
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004183 // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004184 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00004185 return Changed;
4186
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004187 Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004188
4189 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n");
4190 while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty())
4191 speculatePHINodeLoads(*SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val());
4192
4193 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating Selects\n");
4194 while (!SpeculatableSelects.empty())
4195 speculateSelectInstLoads(*SpeculatableSelects.pop_back_val());
4196
4197 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004198}
4199
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004200/// \brief Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run.
4201///
4202/// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done
4203/// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to
4204/// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers
4205/// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm.
4206///
4207/// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't
4208/// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004209void SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(
4210 SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004211 while (!DeadInsts.empty()) {
4212 Instruction *I = DeadInsts.pop_back_val();
4213 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n");
4214
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00004215 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
4216
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004217 for (Use &Operand : I->operands())
4218 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004219 // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004220 Operand = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004221 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00004222 DeadInsts.insert(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004223 }
4224
4225 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4226 DeletedAllocas.insert(AI);
4227
4228 ++NumDeleted;
4229 I->eraseFromParent();
4230 }
4231}
4232
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004233static void enqueueUsersInWorklist(Instruction &I,
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004234 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist,
Craig Topper71b7b682014-08-21 05:55:13 +00004235 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &Visited) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004236 for (User *U : I.users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00004237 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004238 Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004239}
4240
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004241/// \brief Promote the allocas, using the best available technique.
4242///
4243/// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in
4244/// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do.
4245/// If there is a domtree available, we attempt to promote using the full power
4246/// of mem2reg. Otherwise, we build and use the AllocaPromoter above which is
4247/// based on the SSAUpdater utilities. This function returns whether any
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00004248/// promotion occurred.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004249bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) {
4250 if (PromotableAllocas.empty())
4251 return false;
4252
4253 NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size();
4254
4255 if (DT && !ForceSSAUpdater) {
4256 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n");
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00004257 PromoteMemToReg(PromotableAllocas, *DT, nullptr, AC);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004258 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4259 return true;
4260 }
4261
4262 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with SSAUpdater...\n");
4263 SSAUpdater SSA;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00004264 DIBuilder DIB(*F.getParent(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004265 SmallVector<Instruction *, 64> Insts;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004266
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004267 // We need a worklist to walk the uses of each alloca.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004268 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> Worklist;
4269 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004270 SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> DeadInsts;
4271
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004272 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = PromotableAllocas.size(); Idx != Size; ++Idx) {
4273 AllocaInst *AI = PromotableAllocas[Idx];
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004274 Insts.clear();
4275 Worklist.clear();
4276 Visited.clear();
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004277
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004278 enqueueUsersInWorklist(*AI, Worklist, Visited);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004279
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004280 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4281 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004282
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004283 // FIXME: Currently the SSAUpdater infrastructure doesn't reason about
4284 // lifetime intrinsics and so we strip them (and the bitcasts+GEPs
4285 // leading to them) here. Eventually it should use them to optimize the
4286 // scalar values produced.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004287 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004288 assert(II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
4289 II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
4290 II->eraseFromParent();
4291 continue;
4292 }
4293
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004294 // Push the loads and stores we find onto the list. SROA will already
4295 // have validated that all loads and stores are viable candidates for
4296 // promotion.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004297 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004298 assert(LI->getType() == AI->getAllocatedType());
4299 Insts.push_back(LI);
4300 continue;
4301 }
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004302 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004303 assert(SI->getValueOperand()->getType() == AI->getAllocatedType());
4304 Insts.push_back(SI);
4305 continue;
4306 }
4307
4308 // For everything else, we know that only no-op bitcasts and GEPs will
4309 // make it this far, just recurse through them and recall them for later
4310 // removal.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004311 DeadInsts.push_back(I);
4312 enqueueUsersInWorklist(*I, Worklist, Visited);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004313 }
4314 AllocaPromoter(Insts, SSA, *AI, DIB).run(Insts);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004315 while (!DeadInsts.empty())
4316 DeadInsts.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
4317 AI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004318 }
4319
4320 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4321 return true;
4322}
4323
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004324bool SROA::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Paul Robinsonaf4e64d2014-02-06 00:07:05 +00004325 if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
4326 return false;
4327
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004328 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
4329 C = &F.getContext();
Rafael Espindola93512512014-02-25 17:30:31 +00004330 DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
4331 if (!DLP) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004332 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Skipping SROA -- no target data!\n");
4333 return false;
4334 }
Rafael Espindola93512512014-02-25 17:30:31 +00004335 DL = &DLP->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00004336 DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP =
4337 getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004338 DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00004339 AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004340
4341 BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock();
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00004342 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end());
Chandler Carruthc7d1e242014-12-23 02:58:14 +00004343 I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004344 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4345 Worklist.insert(AI);
4346
4347 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004348 // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from
4349 // the list of promotable allocas.
4350 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas;
4351
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004352 do {
4353 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4354 Changed |= runOnAlloca(*Worklist.pop_back_val());
4355 deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruthb09f0a32012-10-02 22:46:45 +00004356
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004357 // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to
4358 // continue processing them.
4359 if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004360 auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(AI); };
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004361 Worklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
4362 PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004363 PromotableAllocas.erase(std::remove_if(PromotableAllocas.begin(),
4364 PromotableAllocas.end(),
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004365 IsInSet),
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004366 PromotableAllocas.end());
4367 DeletedAllocas.clear();
4368 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004369 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004370
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004371 Changed |= promoteAllocas(F);
4372
4373 Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist;
4374 PostPromotionWorklist.clear();
4375 } while (!Worklist.empty());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004376
4377 return Changed;
4378}
4379
4380void SROA::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +00004381 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004382 if (RequiresDomTree)
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00004383 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004384 AU.setPreservesCFG();
4385}